Item 11 2023-01155 Supplement Budgetary Adjustments and Contract Supplement No. 1 Fire Apparatus [Published for 10-Day Review 09 07 2023] — Sacramento City Council, September 19, 2023 (part 2 of 3)

WHAT IS NOT COVERED
 DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered:
— Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle;
— Installation into unapproved a pplications and installations; — Alterations or modification of th e transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term st orage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totale d.  CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).  DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by th e USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered:
— Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintena nce schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transm ission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual.  MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility.
 REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.
 USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.  EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.  “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions.

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY.

PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED

ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON

TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.

QUESTIONS
If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to:

Allison Transmission, Inc.

P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9

Form SE0616EN (201009)

Page 2 of 2 ends

Warranty Begins:

The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per
occurrence is available for the first three (3) years.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty.

This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.

Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.

Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization.

Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/22/2012 WA0216
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Apparatus Body
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Effective March 15, 2010

AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Warranty:

All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warr anted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repai r of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts ) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door atta chments including (but not lim ited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives.

In order to initiate the claims process pl ease contact your authoriz ed representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be acco mpanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective produc t (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repair ed, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause.

Limited warranty coverage in cludes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. A ll warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commenc ement of work. Allowances for removal and installation:

Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour
Balancer replacement: 1 hour
Door ajar switch 3/4 hour
Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour
Slat replacement: 3/4 hour
Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours

Items authorized for return must be acco mpanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect sh ipments of items de emed to be defective provided that they are returned via the mo st economical carrier. Should items be returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender.

AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions.

Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty

AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint matc h colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and cons ideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead time s. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will ext end to the following visible paint system defects:

1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as eviden ced by peeling, cr acking or blistering which exposes the substrate material.

2./ Corrosion of the substrat e due to paint system failure.

3./ Fading which results in a subs tantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color.

Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following:

1./ Damage caused through the use of atta chments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings.

2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents.

3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents.

4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source.

This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity
Pierce Aerial Device
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from defects in material and workmanship.

Aerial Device Models Covered by this warranty include:

Aerial Platforms
Aerial Ladders
SkyBoom

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components of the aerial
device, as identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial device. This warranty shall be void if, or to the extent that the aerial device is not maintained in strict compliance with NFPA Standard 1911 in effect at time of sale, including such periodic inspections and testing by qualified third parties as are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time to time. Proof of such compliance shall accompany any
claims under this warranty. Third party testing agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be obtained from the Pierce Customer Service Department
This warranty does not apply to damage caused by
corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Twenty (20) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
10/23/2013 WA0052
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

{00046826;v2}
AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC.
3750 CHESTNUT ROAD
ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451
Phone: 610-966-3115
Fax: 610-965-6313

* STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY *
(standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Three Function Swivel

A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums:

1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unl ess specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and/or damage occu rring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system.

2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. Syst em operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum.

3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading.

B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE – Our Three Function Swivel has be en fully tested at assembly. Under no circumstances is there to be any main tenance performed internally or externa lly to the Three Function Swivel by Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems occur or replacement be necessary, firs t contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three Function Swivel .

C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS – The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel:

1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at th e initial design stage. All drawings and applicable documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed fo r future reference. No deviation to the approved mounting is allowed without approval from Amity.

2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing.

3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounti ng, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel.

D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED.

1. The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of def ects in labor and/or materials for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Service. For purpos es here, “Date of Service” shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel, or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorp orated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser.

2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expen se of the Amity provided the Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used fo r its intended normal use of operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations.

3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without cons ent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty.

4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel.

5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or dam ages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips.

6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility.

7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity a ll returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly defective Three Function Swivels) are at Purchaser’s expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity.

{00046826;v2}

8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the asse mbly’s Amity’s label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved.

9. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment.

10. No responsib ility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreason ably use or abuse of the Three Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use.

THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN TH E ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR

INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRS T PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT,

HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD.

Dated: _______________ ____, 20__

{00046826;v2}
AMITY FIRE AND SAFETY, INC.
3750 CHESTNUT ROAD
ALBURTIS, PA 18011-0451
Phone: 610-966-3115
Fax: 610-965-6313

* STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY *
(standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Telescopic Waterways

A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure minimums:

B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE

1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since in ternally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not required. We recommend components not be greased at installation.

2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity’s regul arly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip Tube Assemblies are self-lubricating, so greasing is not m andatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten hours of aerial operation. If any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad.

Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may occur and periodic visual insp ections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and wa rrants a call to us.

Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent.

C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED.

1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and/ or materials for a period of ten years from the date of purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations.

2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty.

3. No welding shall be performed on finished product.

4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or dam ages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips.

5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defec tive only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility.

6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all re turns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at Purchaser’s expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity.

7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the asse mbly’s Amity’s label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved.

8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment.

9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonabl y use or abuse of the Product and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use.

THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN TH E ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED

WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR

{00046826;v2}
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR

INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRS T PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT,

HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE.

Dated: ____________________ ____, 20___

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-24 months 100%
25-48 months 50%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-24 months 100%
25-48 months 50%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-24 months 100%
25-48 months 50%
Corrosion Perforation
0-24 months 100%
25-48 months 50%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Four (4) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Aerial Device
Four (4) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Aerial device shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective
manufacturing methods or paint material selection for
exterior surfaces.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Custom Body
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover damage from lack of
maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and
maintenance manual).

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination
Three (3) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Each Goldstar® gold leaf lamination shall be free from
defects in material and workmanship.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

DEALER SUPPLIED

PRODUCTS SERVICES
Exhibit “D”
5 AND
/OR
1 DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES
The following items and/or services will be provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) prior to final delivery:

LICENSED MANUFACTURER
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every ma nufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number” . The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED DEALERSHIP
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type s ubject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a curr ent vehicle salesperson’s license at the time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehic le sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) . Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transf er papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA will provide weekly photograph s of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The photographs will commence at the start of the manufacturing process and will continue through production by the manufacturer. The reports will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses.

CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND
A contingency reserve fund in the sum of $20,000 is included in the quotation to cover the cost of chan ge orders, unforeseen items due to EPA 2027 motor compliance or required work that may come up during the contract to be used at the discretion of the City of Sacra mento. This reserve fund is not an estimate of those contingencies, and the cost of change o rders, unforeseen items or required work could exceed the amount reserved depending on their nature. Any unused portion of this reserve fund will be credited back on the final invoice or returned in the form of a check to the City of Sacramento promptly following final invoicing.

2 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT FUND
A firefighting equipment fund in the sum of $135,000.00 is included in the quotation. Any unused portion of this fund will be credited back on the final invoice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of Sacramento.

FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT MOUNTING ALLOWANCE
A firefighting equipment mounting allowance of $25,000.00 is included in the quotation to cover the cost of mounting the applicable equipment per the direction of the City of Sacramento. If the mounting allowance is exceeded, additional work can be performed at the current published shop rate . Any unused portion of this allowance will be credited back on the fina l in voice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of Sacramento.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will, at their exp ense, deliver the apparatus (including any a pplicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection.

To ensure proper break-in of all components while still under warrant y, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, t he apparatus will receive a pr e-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found a s a result of said inspection . The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following:

• Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any br oken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil.

• Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery.

• Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scrat ches or chips . Tighten any l oose hardware and inspe ct tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing.

• Road Test – With the water tank ( if applicable) full, the apparatus wi ll be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads . A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected.

• Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation.

• Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift . Check water tank for leaks and inspect water level gauge for c alibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods.

• Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush).

• Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

3 • DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA wi ll, at the ir ex pense, d eliver the Product (includi ng any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prio r to delivery of the Pr oduct, the Customer agrees to provi de proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GS FA. GSFA will not release the Product to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to have a ny outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA).

END OF EXHIBIT “D”

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Sacramento
5770 Freeport Blvd, Suite 2
Sacramento, CA 95822
Sales Consultant
Brad Hansen
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 869-6072
SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 08/24/2023 09/23/2023 10824- 23PB 783 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1,
ID #259 – Member
#18730

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 1,052,358.34 B Fire Fighting Equipment Allowance 90,000.00
C Fire Fighting Equipment Mounting Allowance 12,500.00
D Discount for Sourcewell contract #113021-OKC-1, ID #259 (46,649.00) E SUBOTAL 1,108,209.34
F 8.75% State Sales Tax 96,968.32
G California Tire Fee 10.50
H 100% Performance Bond 2,597.00
I GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,207,785.16
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 0 8/24/23, GSFA Proposal Number 10824-23PB to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AU
THORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
__
_____________________________________
Signature
__
_____________________________________
Print Name
__
_____________________________________
Title
__
_____________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AU
THORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
__
_____________________________________
Signature
__
_____________________________________
Print Name
___
____________________________________
Title
__
_____________________________________
Date
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc is pleased to submit a proposal to City of Sacramento for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 5/16/2023
Customer: City of Sacramento Fire
Department
Bid Number: 783
Representative Hansen, Brad Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: SFD Pumper (Duplicate #39220)
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
1783Bid #:
ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA
1901
acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service Inc
by
operating
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within twenty five (
25 ) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2 783
Bid #:

limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0661794
Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US

0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 35533
. However, some
variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347
Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611
Vehicle Certification, Pumper

3 783
Bid #:

0661778
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard
on
Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will
be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0799172

FLEET CUSTOMER

0092138
Highly Customized Product (HCP)

PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS
Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
0620362
Consortium, HGAC

0537375
Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
4 783
Bid #:

0807710
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.
0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0611571
SP
Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes, FLEET

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0891594
SP
Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference Only-
FLEET

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0727746
SP
Drawing, Compartment Layout,
FLEET

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754
Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
114.00
" to the top of the truck,
123.00
" to
the top of the monitor
.
0021010
Maximum Overall Length

MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be
367.25
"
.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
187.50
"
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
43,500
lbs
.
5 783
Bid #:

0649713
Frame Rails, 10.25" x 3.50" x .375",
Saber FR/Enf
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will be heat-treated steel measuring

10.25 " x

3.50 " x

0.375
".

Each rail will have a section modulus of

16.00 cubic inches, yield strength of
120,000
psi, and a
resisting bending moment (rbm) of
1,921,069
inch-pounds.
0020018
Frame Liner Not Req'd

0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
19,500
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0030264
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
19,500
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
385/65
R

22.5 radials,
18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for
20,050

lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530458
Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RS-
24-160
, with a capacity of
24,000
lb.
0544253
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph.
6 783
Bid #:

0555350
Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 242
EX, Air Ride, 24,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX
242
EX, air ride with a ground rating of
24,000
lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0782552
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway
tread, rated for
27,120
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0019625
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
six (
6 ) tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909
Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
forward of the left side rear tire
.
0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
rear axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS
will provide a
4 -channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system.

Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0652082
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus
™
EX
225
air disc type. The brake rotors will be

17.00 " ventilated.
0509206
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 7 783
Bid #:

0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
0644232
Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of
4,272
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at
40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0630489
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-9, With Wet
Tank, Heated, Saber FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-
9 air dryer, with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100
watt
heater.
0542809
Brake Lines, Wire Braided

BRAKE LINES
Wire braided reinforced rubber brake lines will be provided for the chassis air brake system. This also includes the brake lines between the frame and brake chambers. The brake lines will not be painted.

Coupler fittings for chassis brake lines will be installed forward of the front axle. They will be a separation point for those air lines going to the cab. The air lines going into the cab will be nylon wrapped in loom.
0729902
SP
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4" NPT

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
in the driver's side cab
step area
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

The male and female couplings will have .
250
" NPT thread.
0630460
Moisture Ejector, Manual, Remote
Mounted, Enforcer/Saber FR

MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S)
Manual moisture ejectors for a single axle pumper reservoir capacity will be installed in the brake system.

The moisture ejector(s) will be remote mounted on the left side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible.

A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain.

Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain.

Nylon tubing,

0.38 " diameter, will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing will be covered with protective split loom.

The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the
each tank
reservoir(s).
8 783
Bid #:

0808535
Engine, Cummins X10, 450 hp, 1250
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins
Model:

X
10 Power:
450
hp at
2100
rpm
Torque:
1250
lb-ft at
1400
rpm
Governed Speed:
2200
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
606
cubic inches (

9.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT
™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000
STF
Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0655637
Engine Foot Throttle Control, Engage
in Pump Mode

THROTTLE CONTROL
An engine foot throttle control will be provided for use while in pump mode. The parking brake must be enabled for this operation.
0640477
Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA
1901
requirements.

The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 9 783
Bid #:

0794761
Exhaust System, 4", 2017 L9/X10
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device, and will be

4.00 " in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device . The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0777582
SP
Exhaust, Modified Angled To Rear -
Flush With Rubrail, Approval Req'd

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe shall be brought out from under the body and angled to the rear.

The diffuser will not be cut straight to the body, and the outer edge shall be flush with the body rubrail. There shall be a minimum of

2.50 " from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last

7.00 " of the exhaust shall be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0610195
SP
Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For
Extraction, 4"x5"x7"x5"

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust diffuser will be reduced to

5.00 " in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. There will be a minimum of

4.00 " clearance around the diffuser for proper
cooling.
0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0804381
SP
Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
w/ Air Suspension

FUEL TANK
A
50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .
75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .
50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0723696
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear
of Rear Axle, Triple Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An

8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a triple,
painted
door on the left side of the vehicle. The
fuel door will be held closed by
one (
1 ) Southco C
2 lever latch
.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
10 783
Bid #:

0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0552712
Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0665235
Door, Fuel Fill with Cap Holder, No
Chain
The fuel filler door will include a holder for the fuel fill cap. 0690880
No Selection Required From This
Category

0887559
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 3000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
3000
P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission
will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and
8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear.

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash.
0625329
Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push
Button, 3000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A five (
5 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.49 to

1.00 2
nd

1.86 to

1.00 3
rd

1.41 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 R

5.03 to

1.00 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0090176
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 5
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear, resulting in improved engine braking
performance.
0801878
Fluid, 3000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES- 668
heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
0001370
Driveline, Spicer 1710

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
11 783
Bid #:

0605356
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0550144
Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

CITY
The second row of text will be:

OF
The third row of text will be:

SACRAMENTO
0606186
Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece, ten (
10 ) gauge
304-2
B polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of

10.00 " high,
will be attached to the front of the chassis frame.

9.00 " formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0614646
No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
0049963
Tow Eyes, Painted Black, Below
Deck

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) painted steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000
lb straight
horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a . 25 " radius.

The tow eyes will be painted black.
0012300
Bracket, License Plate, Frt Bumper
Non-Illuminated

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
A non-illuminated license plate bracket will be mounted on the front bumper. The bracket will be formed from bright stainless steel.
12 783
Bid #:

0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The overall height
listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

51.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, and

2.00 "
insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0724229
SP
Engine Tunnel, ISL, Foil Insulation,
Mech Fasteners, Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA
1901
standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

17.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0633594
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every

2.75 " to allow for
adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
13 783
Bid #:

0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Unlocked Ind Light, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343
Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0648912
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs
and Handrails

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb and include the area behind the cab door handrails. 0643412
Seal, Caulk Top Edge, Exterior Cab
Rear Wall

CAULK TOP EDGE OF REAR WALL SCUFFPLATE
The top edge of the scuffplate on the back wall of the cab will be caulked to prevent water from leaking behind it.
0620047
Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners, 2"

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend

2.00 " from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0758591
SP
Caulk, Cab/Crew Cab Stepwell Edge,
Aluminum Treadplate

CAB AND CREW CAB STEPWELL CAULK
The cab and crew cab stepwell aluminum treadplate shall have edges sealed with caulk. The cab stepwell area shall be caulked at the rearward edge along the fender curve at the treadplate transition. The crew cab stepwell area shall be caulked at the forward edge along the fender curve at the treadplate transition.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex,
w/LED Directional

MIRRORS
Velvac®, Model
2025
, low mount chrome mirrors will be mounted, one (
1 ) on each of the cab
doors. The mirror will include a replaceable
62 square inch flat glass and a
30 square inch convex
glass. Overall mirror dimensions will be

8.50 " wide x

13.75 " high. Mirror head will have a highly
polished chrome finish.

Both flat mirror heads will be adjustable by an electric remote control switch inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. Convex mirror heads will be adjusted manually.

The mirror heads will also be heated with the control within easy reach of the driver.

Each mirror will be provided with an LED directional light.

The Velvac
two (
2 )-year
warranty on material and workmanship and
two (
2 )-year
warranty on
chrome finish will be provided.
14 783
Bid #:

0733772
SP
Mirror, Special Mounting, Velvac
2025
Mirror Mounting Location
The Velvac
2025
mirrors will be mounted higher than standard. The top of the mirror mount will be aligned with the chassis logo mounted on the cab doors. 0648173
Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide
x

75.50 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

75.50 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
1041
. The locks will be capable of
activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
0655543
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0653574
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
Conceal Switch Feature,
QXS/AXT/Sab/Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located
Drivers side bumper
.
0633615
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with red
LED
lights. The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
. The LED lights may be load
managed.
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 15 783
Bid #:

0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0586967
Grab Handle, Chrome, Specify
Location, Qty

GRAB HANDLE(S)
There will be
two (
2 )
chrome grab handle(s) mounted in the interior of the cab Drivers door ahead
of window controls angled up towards front of door. Officer door ahead of window controls angled up towards front of door.
. The grab handle(s) will be securely mounted.
0042105
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0621136
Compt, Storage, 15 W x 24.50 H x 15
D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Dbl Pan, 70"
SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be

15.00 " wide x

24.50 " high x

15.00 " deep.

There will be
two (
2 ) double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with
#1250
key, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
. A
chain for each exterior door
will be used
as a doorstop. The clear door opening will be

10.50 " wide x

22.50 " high.

The compartment interior will be
painted spatter gray
.

Compartment Lights
There will be
two (
2 ) red Amdor, LED strip lights provided, one (
1 ) each hinged side of
compartment door openings
.
0604171
Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, Bottom of
Door Frame, Each

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
There will be
two (
2 )
scuffplate(s) provided for the bottom of the door frame of both aux cab
compts
. Each scuffplate will be brushed stainless steel with a

0.38 " lip down.
0798178
Matting, Turtle Tile, Auxiliary
Compartment

MATTING IN AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
auxiliary compartment(s) located
lower rear cab
compts
. Tile color will be
black.- no ramp
.

The matting will be

0.50 " thick and be cross bonded by

0.25 " diameter ribbed sections spaced for
aeration.
0745808
Scuffplate, Inner Door Pan, Aux Cab
Compts, Pair

SCUFFPLATE
A full height
brushed stainless steel
scuffplate will be installed on the inside of each of the auxiliary cab compartment door pans.
0776419
Lettering, Laser Cut, S/S Screen,
Below Grille, SFR/Enf

SCREEN BELOW GRILLE LETTERING
There will be lettering provided within the stainless steel screen below the front grille. The lettering will be cut in Helvetica style with a water jet process. The lettering will be centered in the screen. The lettering will read
1872
-
150
YEARS ~
2022
Please provide proof before cutting
metal for Customer approval
.
0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect,
12v DC, Loc, CARE

CAB AIR FILTRATION
The vehicle will be equipped with a CrewProtect
™
air filtration system to provide purification of
the interior air of the cab and crew cab. The multi-stage filtration system will remove particulates, violate organic compounds, aerosol carrying viruses and bacteria from the air.

System Construction
The housing will be constructed of powder coated stainless steel and will be

12.00 " wide x

4.50 "
high x

20.00 " long. The angled surface will be provided with an additional

2.00 " of clearance for
air flow. The unit will be mounted
on a mounting plate, vertically, to the rear of the officer seat .

There will be one (
1 ) filter installed in the unit. The expected filter life will be no less than 1,800

active hours of usage (
6 months). There will be
no additional replacement filters
shipped loose
with the unit. The filter will be designed to neutralize harmful chemical contaminants and is safe to discard as normal trash with no special handling requirements.

System Operating Conditions
CrewProtect will automatically run when the truck is operating. And will not be required to turn on or off
or adjust the flow rate. The fan will operate at
100
CFMs and only

60.2 decibels.

Electrical Wiring/Function
The system will be
12 VDC powered from the vehicle power supply and/or an external 12 VDC
source. The system will draw a maximum of
2 amps and have a
5 -amp integrated fuse in the wire
harness.
16 783
Bid #:

0722796
Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be an easily removable high impact resistant polymer cover.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0725269
SP
Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be
two (
2 )
tray(s) for mounting of equipment located
on top of the heater/defroster
blister and rearward of the DS and PS rear facing cabinets (see photo) .

Each tray will have a

2.00 "
lip on three (
3 ) sides. The size of the tray(s) shall be

5.00 " D x the
width of the EMS compartment
.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be
dual action sander finish
.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements.
0804970
Work Surface, 1/4" Alum, Engine
Tunnel, Flat, To RF Cabinet, SFR/Enf

WORK SURFACE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will cover the engine tunnel, terminating at the rear facing cabinet, and follow the width of the engine tunnel. It will be constructed of

0.25 " aluminum.

The work surface will be spaced

1.00 " off the top flat surface of the engine tunnel. The work surface will be flat from the front of the engine tunnel up to the rear facing cabinet. The work surface will be open on the sides to allow for equipment to be mounted underneath it.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0664381
Bracket, PAC, Ironslok, PN K5003

HALLIGAN TOOL/AXE MOUNTING BRACKET(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
PAC Ironslok, P/N
5003
, mounting bracket(s) provided. They will be located
inside the cab outboard of the PS outboard forward facing seat against the rear wall. See photo #0664381
.
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black
36 ounce leather
grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew
.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz black vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl
texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 17 783
Bid #:

0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
one (
1 )
31,000
BTU auxiliary heater with
560
SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions .

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a
59,644
BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0634328
Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0693439
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR,
3" LED Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised or when the dip stick door is opened.
18 783
Bid #:

0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0530840
Box, Storage, Aluminum, Latex
Gloves

STORAGE BOX
There will be
two (
2 )
storage box(es) designed to hold and dispense boxes of latex gloves provided.

Each box will be constructed of aluminum and located
one on each side of the forward facing
crew cab seat riser - horizontal with opening on top
.

Each storage box will be

10.00 " wide x

5.00 " high x

3.50 " deep and painted to match the cab
interior. A slot will be provided on the top of each box to dispense the gloves. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
two (
2 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed at final inspection
.
0002508
Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
map box(es) with three (
3 ) bins, open at top. The map box(es) will be
installed at final inspection
. The map box(es) will be divided into three (
3 ) bins, each being

12.50 "
wide x

3.00 " high x

12.00 " deep. Each bin will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box(es)
will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0768268
SP
Map Pocket, Painted, 13.00" W x

14.00" H x 4.00" D, Each

MAP POCKET(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
map pocket(s) installed
Mounted behind Driver seat on forward wall of DS
EMS cabinet. Match job
#37009
. Each pocket will be

13.00 " wide x

14.00 " high x

4.00 " deep and
painted to match compartment interior.
0583039
Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622618
Seating Capacity, 5 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be five (
5 ).
0764118
SP
Seat, Driver, Bostrom, Pacifica, Air
Ride, High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Pacifica, air suspension high back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel) and vertical position (

4.00 " of travel). To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to
45 degrees
forward. A deluxe contoured

20.00 " cushion and an adjustable lumbar support will be provided.

To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632916
Seat, Officer, Bostrom Sierra, Fixed,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, fixed seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0620420
Radio Compartment, Below Non-Air
Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat.

The inside compartment dimensions will be

16.00 " wide x

7.50 " high x

15.00 " deep, with the back
of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure.

A drop-down door with one (
1 )
flush lift and turn latch
will be provided for access.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 19 783
Bid #:

0749765
SP
Cabinet, Rear Fcng, LS, 22 W x 34 H
x 23 D,Ext Acc Only,Sp Mtg,Sp Lt
Loc,SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be

22.00 " wide x

34.00 " high x

23.00 " deep.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (
1 ) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250
key
. The door will be located on the
side of the cab over the wheelwell. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be provided as a door stop. The
clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

29.25 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a brushed stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be located

LIGHTS TO BE VERTICAL BEHIND THE

SHELF TRACK, POINTING INTO THE CABINET, ON BOTH LEFT AND RIGHT SIDE . The
lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0749764
SP
Cabinet, Rear Fcng, RS, 22 W x 34 H
x 22 D,Ext Acc Only,Sp Mtg,Sp Lt
Loc,SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is flush with the crew cab door jamb.

The cabinet will be

22.00 " wide x

34.00 " high x

22.00 " deep.

The cabinet will provide access from outside the cab only with a one (
1 ) double pan door painted
to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250
key
having a clear door opening
of

17.00 " wide x

29.25 " high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm
will be provided as a door stop.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The exterior access will be provided with
a brushed stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

VERTICALLY BEHIND THE SHELF TRACK

ON THE LEFT AND RIGHT SIDE, TO POINT INTO THE CABINET
. The lights will be controlled
by an automatic door switch.
0889184
SP
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS
Outboard, Bostrom Sierra,Hi-
Back,5.5" Inbrd,SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra high back seat provided at the driver side outboard in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep
cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with
9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will be mounted inboard an additional

5.50 " from standard.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632609
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center,
(1) Bostrom Sierra, Hi-Back, Saber
FR/Enforcer

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra high back seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion.

The seat back will be a high-back style with
9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0889185
SP
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS
Outboard, Bostrom Sierra,Hi-
Back,5.5" Inbrd,SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra high back seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with 9 degree fixed recline
angle.

The seat will be mounted inboard an additional

5.50 " from standard.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0651182
Scuffplate, Cabinet, Interior Door
Pan, Cab

DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE
There will be a
brushed stainless steel
scuffplate on the interior door pan of
two (
2 )
cabinet door
(s) located
both external ems doors
.
20 783
Bid #:

0617401
Matting, Turtle Tile, No Trim, EMS
Compt

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Vinyl grating will be provided in
two (
2 )
EMS compartments,
one in each rear facing EMS
compartment.
. Tile color will be
black
.

The vinyl grating will be

0.50 " thick and be cross bonded by

0.25 " diameter ribbed sections
spaced for aeration. The trim edge will not be installed at the edge of the tile. 0617410
Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt,
Shelving, 0.75" Thick

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
EMS compartment shelves,
one in each rear
facing EMS compartment.
. Tile color will be
black
.
0756860
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,
42 W x 16 H x 14 D, Lap,
Vent,Tray,SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be

42.00 " wide x

16.00 " high x

14.00 " deep with
one (
1 ) drop down door, painted
to match the cab interior with two (
2 ) locking flush lift and turn latches with
#751
keys
facing the
crew cab. Gas cylinders will be provided to hold the door in the open position.

There will be a

1.00 " lip provided on the top of the cabinet.

The cabinet will include
louvers provided on the door of the cabinet for ventilation .

An adjustable

1.00 " thick poly tray will be provided in the cabinet.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening
. The light will be controlled by an automatic door switch 0691875
Brackets/Clamps, For Strip Lighting
In Compartments, IPO Velcro

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
All LED light strips, in all locations will be mounted with clamps or brackets, in place of the standard Velcro®.
0042359
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Bostrom, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
black
vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have
five (
5 )
seating positions.
0511471
No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA
1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Weldon
808
* series, dual LED dome lights with
black
bezels provided. Two
(
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will
be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.
0602637
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
21 783
Bid #:

0545919
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 44001
Yellow, 12v Charger Base, shoulder
strap

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be
12 v Streamlight, model
#44001
, Vulcan lights mounted
one on each side of the
center rear facing EMS compartment, top, outboard, lighthead facing towards the front windshield with release closest to the firefighters
. There will be
two (
2 ) lights
provided.

The Vulcan will be yellow in color.
0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
22 783
Bid #:

Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
23 783
Bid #:

Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609R Red LED

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be a Whelen, Model VTX
609
R, red LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. This light will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be
located on the left side of the center instrument
panel
.
24 783
Bid #:

0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
one (
1 ) each side rear facing cabinet, one rear vertical surface (edge closest to crew cab seating positions) in the lower outboard corner

3.00 " up from
heater/defroster box (SEE PHOTO TITLED "FIRE FIGHTER DUAL USB") .

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
one to the left of the officer below the chrome push buttons (SEE PHOTO
5933
) and one in panel location
#13
.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748251
SP
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC
Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of
6 gauge wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus originating at the right side batteries.

The above wires will include the following:

The
6 gauge positive wire will be connected directly to one of the positive power terminals on the right side battery bank. The wire will be protected by a Blue Sea part number 5006100
fuse block
with
60 amp fuse.

The
6 gauge negative wire will be connected to the frame ground closest to the right side batteries, the same location as the right side batteries are grounded to the frame.

The positive power wire and the negative wire will run uninterrupted to the radio compartment located,
positive power wire and negative wire shall run uninterrupted from battery power and frame ground, terminating inside radio compartment (
#756860
) with
6 ’
of slack wire and heat
shrinkable butt splicing. ALL WIRING TO BE RUN IN STANDARD RACEWAYS . The wires will
terminate with a
6 ' pigtail and heat shrinkable butt splices.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.
0591464
Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

3.0 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
LOC
#13
next to
140
and second to be placed in LOC
#14

closest to the right edge of panel.
.

Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0798604
SP
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and
Buckle Wiring

SECURE SEAT WIRING
All wiring going to seat cushion and seat belt buckle will be in loom and secure to the seat area. 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed
within reach of the driver
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair
of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will
be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following features will be included:
-
180
watts max power output (
45 W x
4 )
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A
2 DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB

2.0 for playback of MP
3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
25 783
Bid #:

0743033
Bin, Center Dash Console

CENTER STORAGE BIN
A bin will be provided within reach of the officer in the center of the cab close to the windshield.

The depth and width of the bin will be maximized for the space available.

The bin is not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on bin will be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements.
0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit
An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
26 783
Bid #:

Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734857
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder
and a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
27 783
Bid #:

0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0889070
SP
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual
Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C,
800/VHF,3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (
5 ) position David Clark, Model U
3800
, intercom system with dual radio interface capability
at the driver and officer positions. Three (
3 ) crew cab positions
at three (
3 ) forward facing seats

will have radio listen / intercom only. There will be a Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) switch provided for the driver, mounted at
on the driver's side, on the vertical surface midline below the transmission shifter NO more than
3 ”
from the top edge (SEE APPROVED
35533
IP FOR
DETAILED LOCATION).
, connected to the drivers side of the U
3816
module for Radio
#1
. There
will be a (RPTT) switch provided for the officer, connected to the officers side of the U 3816

module for Radio
#1
and routed to the back of the Officer seat, coiled, and secured. The Customer will mount final.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to the U
3805
in the Input as shown in Customer
Diagram. "Edit Labeling to include "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to U
3805
input as shown on Customer supplied
diagram. Edit Labeling to show "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

The following components will be supplied with this system:

Two (
2 ) U
3816
Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the left side radio
#1

One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the right side radio
#1

One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote Headset Station (
1 Crew)
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
U
3805
boxes to be mounted in Radio Comms box Option
#756860

above the shelf on back wall. See Customer Schematic for all cable routing .
28 783
Bid #:

0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
five (
5 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
driver, officer and
3 crew
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:

M-
7 A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly,
280
Â rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR:
23 dB
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
five (
5 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and rear, center, forward facing seat
. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for
equipment mounting.
0559185
Install Customer Provided Handlight
Charger(s)

HANDLIGHT CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be
four (
4 )
customer supplied handlight chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed
(
1 ) driver side, run wiring, final placement at Final
Inspection due to new Mapbox location, (
1 ) on engine tunnel near officer, (
1 ) on DS rear facing
cabinet near door and (
1 ) on PS rear facing cabinet near door. Per job
#37009
. Specific shipping
requirements will be followed.
0752681
SP
Antenna, Panorama, 5-in-1,
MiMo,2G/3G/4G, MiMo WiFi, GPS

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be
one (
1 )
Panorama, LP-IN-
1958
-* bolt on, low profile
5 -in-
1 antenna(s) installed on
the cab roof. The antenna(s) will be
white
. The
5 meter

16.00 ' cables will be routed within the cab
to
inside the center rear facing "radio cabinet" (option
0756860
). NOTE THE ANTENNA IS TO BE

FORWARD OF THE PS CREW CAB LIGHTBAR (SEE PHOTO FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION) .

There will be two (
2 ) cellular cables with SMA connectors, there will be two ( 2 ) WiFi cables with
reverse SMA connectors and one (
1 ) GPS cable with a SMA connector.
0660489
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill
in Blank Mounting and Cable
Locations

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
two (
2 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed
at
least
18 "from antennas/objects. All antenna cabling should be loosely run with minimal bending, and encased in protective loom in areas of abrasive or sharp object. SEE AD FOR SPECIFIC

PLACEMENT OF ANTENNA STUBS
on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable (s) routed within the cab / crew area to
inside the center rear facing "radio cabinet" (option
0756860
)
. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0653520
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, R
Cameras

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (
1 ) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
One (
1 ) CS
134404
CI Side camera
All necessary cables
0511071
Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located centered at the rear below the hosebed and in between the handrails .
0755423
SP
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Ctrl Sys, Enf, WiFi,
Sacramento Pmpr

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

The distribution center under the rear tailboard shall be sized to fit four Command Zone modules and shall be mounted centered under the tailboard as high and as far forward as practical.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type 29 783
Bid #:

fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J
1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters
Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals
USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
16 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Advanced on-board diagnostic messages will be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the electrical power and control system. The diagnostic messages will be displayed on the information center located at the driver's position.

The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm

PROGNOSTICS
A software based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam oil (if equipped)
Aerial oil and filter (if equipped)

ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows-based computer or wireless enabled device.

The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information.

TECH MODULE WITH WIFI
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone, control and information system.

The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data logger information and update software in the device.

INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM
30 783
Bid #:

A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

POWER AND GROUND STUDS
Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two-way radio equipment.

The spare circuits will consist of the following:

One (
1 )
12 -volt DC,
30 amp battery direct spare
One (
1 )
12 -volt DC ground and un-fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center

ENHANCED SOFTWARE
The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements:

All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (
10 ) seconds for improved visibility after the
doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (
10 ) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put
into gear.

Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility after
the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (
10 ) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is
put into gear.

EMI/RFI PROTECTION
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 Khz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 Khz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 31 783
Bid #:

0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the following
features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of

0.188
" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (
3 ) group
31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0813481
Location Picked From The Cab
Location
0593502
Charger, Sngl Sys, Newmar, EV-40,
023-5353-1 Indicator

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Newmar, Model EV-
40 , battery charger with a Newmar, Model
023-5353-1
, meter
indicating the state of charge.

The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries.

The charger will include a
15 amp battery saver connection to charge hand lights, batteries, radios or power a
12 volt compressor.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.
0779452
Location, Charger, Cab EMS Compt,
Back Wall
The battery charger will be located on the back wall of the EMS compartment, located on the
forward side of the compartment, behind the driver seat .
0536099
Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step
Area
The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
the battery charger
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
32 783
Bid #:

0121711
Alternator, 320 amp, Leece-Neville
4962PA, Sgl Sys

ALTERNATOR
A Leece-Neville, Model
4962
PA, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320
amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral, self
diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0550970
Fan, 12v, Electrical Component
Cooling

ELECTRICAL COOLING FAN
There will be
three (
3 )

12 v electrical cooling fan to be located
rear vertical wall of the radio
compartment option
#756860
one each in the upper corner and one centered
–
all up as high as
possible)
. The fan will vent the heat outward.

Fan to be wired to the battery switch.
0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T*
Common Bzl, Above Headlts,Sab/Enf

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model
604
T*, amber LED populated directional lights provided on
the front of the cab, above the headlights.

Each light will be housed in the same quad common bezel as the front warning light.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
33 783
Bid #:

0805325
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
62 T*, amber LED directional lights provided
(
1 ) one each
side back of cab. Match previous Sacramento units
#35533
,
#37009
,
#39220
. The
lens color(s) to
be the same as the LEDs
.

Each light will be surface mounted in a
15 degree angled bracket with
chrome housing
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0749215
SP
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Federal Signal MPSW6
-A Rub Rail 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Federal Signal, Model MPSW
6 -A, (amber) LED lights furnished, with a
MPSMW
6-1
chrome bezel one (
1 ) each side. The light shall double as a turn signal and marker light.

They will be installed in the rub rail ahead of the rear wheels. 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25
LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights with amber LEDs as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each
side above the cab doors.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
35200
R, LED lights used as identification lights located
at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
34 783
Bid #:

0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0564535
Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm,
Model L427.203.L12 LED, Red/Amb,
Qty/Loc

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red, Britax, Model L
427.203
.L
12 , LED marker lights with
rubber arm, located
one (
1 ) each side at the rear of the body aft of the LS
1 and RS
1 roll-up
doors
. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck and be the most rearward marker light.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0578264
Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
0557569
Light, Additional, P25 LED, White

ADDITIONAL LIGHT
There will be additional white LED light(s) provided.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The light(s) will be installed
deck gun area, on the inside of the D.S. side sheet
.

There will be
one (
1 )
light(s) provided.

These light(s) will be controlled
when parking brake is applied
0896155
SP
Lights, TecNiq Eon E03-*001-1 LED,
Steady Burn, Behind Cab Grille 1st

BEHIND GRILLE LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
TechNiq Model E
03 -*
001-1
,

0.70 " high x

2.95 " long x

0.62 " deep
12 volt DC
steady burning light(s) with stainless steel vertical mount(s) provided behind the front cab grille, located
To be mounted in lower section of the Grill to backlit Option #766419
the stainless lower
grill insert.
to illuminate it as if it is backlit. The light(s) will include red LEDs
.

The lights will be activated
with the headlight switch on or the parking brake set
.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " LED
weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one ( 1 )
each side.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a

20.00 " light, a

12.00 "
version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens,

20.00 " long, white LED's,
12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one ( 1 ) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated
and the parking brake is applied
.
0566799
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Ign, Prk
Brk Activated

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) white LED, step lights provided. One (
1 ) step light will be provided on each
side, on the front compartment face and two (
2 ) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated when the ignition switch is on and the parking brake is set.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901
.
35 783
Bid #:

0696870
Lights, Side Scene, TecNiq, E960
LED, Stainless 1st Pr

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of TecNiq, Model E
960
, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing,
installed on the side of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) each side aft of rear wheelwells
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen Model NP
6 B*,
1,800
lumens
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail
bracket to be located
passenger side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at
45 degrees outwards per previous truck
#32995

01-03
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following:
from the same switches provided to activate other scene lights .
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen Model NP
6 B*,
1,800
lumens
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail
bracket to be located
driver side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at
45 degrees outwards per previous truck
#32995

01-03
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0729921
SP
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts
Activated
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
white
.

The
light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
RS
crew cab centered under the Whelen side lightbar per AD print . The
light(s) to be installed on
straight bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s)
.

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
LS
crew cab centered under the Whelen side lightbar per AD print . The
light(s) to be installed on
straight bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 36 783
Bid #:

0749207
Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
30 M**,
12,960
lumens

30.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, RS centered on body catwalk area,
mounted high on the side sheet. For reference please see Job #35533
. The
painted parts of this
light assembly to be black
.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (
6 ) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0749209
Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
30 M**,
12,960
lumens

30.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, LS centered on the body. mounted high
on the Side Sheet. Please refer to Job
#35533
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
black
.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (
6 ) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358
Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0768474
Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
040
,
700
lumens,

40.00 " white LED lights
provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (
2 ) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the front
and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (
2 ) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the
front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised
.
0645639
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PEL*C
LED, 45 Deg Flange

REAR SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model PEL*C, white
12 volt DC LED scene lights with
45 degree
chrome housing installed at the rear of the apparatus,
below the stop/tail/warning assembly at the
rear of the body, one (
1 ) each side
.

The lights will be controlled
when the parking brake is applied
.
0709438
Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP,
4 " round black
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0086038
Switch(es), 12VDC, 30Amp Connect
to Fill in Blank

SWITCH, ADDITIONAL
Additional
12 V switch(es) will be provided. There will be
one (
1 ) switch
located
in the cab, labeled
'rear scene'
to control
the REAR SCENE lights. Note options
591872
(rear upper scene),
696870

(body fender lights) and
645639
(NFPA rear work lights)
.
0060111
Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd
Gen
0554271
Body Skirt Height, 20"

37 783
Bid #:

0028244
Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of
500
gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by
United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin
1901
requirements.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .
38 " polypropylene plastic and will extend from the
bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from

4.00 " off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene. It will be recessed .
38 " and will be welded to
the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include

2.00 " polypropylene dowels spaced no more than

30.00 " apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two (
2 ) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.
50 "
diameter,

13.00 " deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .
50 " thick x

3.00 " wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405
Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene and will be a minimum of

8.00 " wide x

14.00 "
long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .
25 " thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of

4.00 " schedule
40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104
Foam Cell Required
0633066
Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK
Two (
2 ) sleeves
will be provided in the water tank for
a

3.00 " pipe
to the rear.
0553729
Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429
Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424
Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710
Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007
Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778
Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0126632
Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of
12 -gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of

0.50 " x

4.50 " with spacing between
slats for hose ventilation.
0723549
Painted Hose Bed
The hose bed interior walls will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
0003481
Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate
(from left to right): 600' x 3.00" D.J.C.R.L | 500' x 2.50" D.J.C.R.L | 1000' x 5.00" D.J.C.R.L
.
38 783
Bid #:

0022407
Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted,
Special Height

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Two (
2 ) hosebed dividers
will be furnished for separating hose.

The height of the hose bed divider(s) will be

24.00 "
.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
125
" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a
slotted,

1.50 " diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0010133
Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0779959
SP
Divider, .25", Unpainted, Special
Height 15", Notched
There will be
one (
1 )
additional hose bed dividers furnished.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
25 " brushed aluminum sheet. The divider will be

15.00 " tall.

The rear

24.00 " of the divider will be notched out to the base of the divider.

Partition will be installed and located
See sketch in Job Photo's. Divider to be on driver's side of hosebed.
.

Divider will be held in place by tightening two (
2 ) bolts, one (
1 ) at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0748157
SP
Special Grating Substruture, Hose
Bed, Wider Flat Bar

HOSE BED GRATING SUBSTRUCTURE
The hose bed grating substructure will be modified with wider flat bar to it in order to help prevent wear to the water tank below it.
0741970
SP
Hosebed Floor, Reinforced, Warm
Water Rinse

REINFORCED HOSEBED FLOOR
A removable reinforced hosebed floor will be provided above the water tank for the warm water rinse tank. Aluminum treadplate will cover the floor.
0729077
SP
Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Tread, Bolted
T-Bar, RS Open, Stay Arm, Metal
End Gas Cyl

HOSE BED COVER
A two (
2 ) section hose bed cover, constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate will be
furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

The cover is designed with the right cover opening first.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and four (
4 ) gas filled cylinders with metal ends will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A positive stay arm will be provided at the front of the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0889205
SP
Flap, Rear of Alum Hose Bed Cover,
Split/Velcro, Weighted, Attached to
Cover

HOSEBED END FLAP
A pair of
red
vinyl flaps will be installed on the rear, one for each of the aluminum treadplate hose bed covers. The vinyl covers will be installed directly to the aluminum treadplate cover. An aluminum angle will be attached to the bottom of the aluminum cover that extends approximately

2.00 " past the bridgework. The vinyl cover will be attached to the inside of this aluminum angle.

The vinyl flap must be able to move with the aluminum cover while it is being raised and lowered.

The flaps will have Velcro® fastener at the center split. A total of four ( 4 )
velcro strap and footman
loop
fasteners will be provided below the base of the hose bed. There will be two ( 2 ) per flap.

Each flap will be chain weighted.
0013512
Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded

2.00 " square tubing and channel assembly,
which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be

12.75 " deep and spaced .
50 " away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689621
Tailboard, 16" Deep

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .
50 " from
the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be

16.00 " deep.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate
.
39 783
Bid #:

0889214
Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (
1 ) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard,

3.00 " forward from the rear of the tailboard.

With air ride suspension and a
65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .
50 " further
rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30 -degree upward angled
pull of
17,000
lb, or a
20,000
lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0729516
SP
Restraint, Tailboard Area, 2" Nylon
Webbing w/Velcro, Turnout Gear,
CARE

TAILBOARD RESTRAINT

2.00 " heavy nylon webbing will be provided on the rear tailboard area Rear Tailboard, not to
extend higher than the top of the roll up door. Please reference Job #35533
and at Final changes
with lower footman loops mounted to below tailboard
to allow for dirty turnout gear to be stored
after use. The webbing will attach with footman loops and velcro straps to allow the restraint to be fully removable when not in use.The lower footman loops will be mounted under the tailboard. 0612233
Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Velcro Straps, Special Length

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of

2.00 " wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. The straps will be

20.00 ", permanently attached to the outboard
edge, so when open the straps fall to the ground and not in the tray " in length. There will be
Two
(
2 ) hose trays
located
one (
1 ) in each side running board
.
0014123
Tray, Hose, Running Board, Special
Capacity, FITB

HOSE TRAY
Two (
2 ) hose trays
will be recessed
in the right hand side running board
.

Capacity of the tray will be
30 ' x

5.00 " in the LEFT SIDE tray and
50 ' x

5.00 " in the RIGHT SIDE.

MATCH JOB
#35533
.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
40 783
Bid #:

0895816
Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be
12 -gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include

0.375
" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with

0.625
" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a
500
lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three ( 3 )-point mounting pattern to reduce
the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires

9.00 ", simulating the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.

Making a
90 degree turn while at
20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at
35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at
55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough
pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0023650
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

66.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

25.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

56.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of

58.25 " wide x

23.13 " high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

26.00 " of height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

57.88 " high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
41 783
Bid #:

0073657
RS 152" Rollup, Low, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of two rollup door compartments.

A rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

32.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

25.00 " of the
compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

22.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior dimensions of
this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

33.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

26.00 " of
height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

23.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594005
Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be
five (
5 ) compartment doors
installed on the side compartments, double faced,
aluminum construction,
satin aluminum
and manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
1250
for all compartment doors
. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door
with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each rollup door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0083700
Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided .

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

40.00 " wide x

40.63 " high x

25.88 " deep. The
spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of

33.25 " wide x

30.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
42 783
Bid #:

0594003
Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction,
satin aluminum
and manufactured by
AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

The door will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0808925
Body Modification, 4" Reduced Depth
Rear Compt, Air Ride

BODY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD
The following body modifications will be required for the installation of a single axle air ride suspension:
- Rear compartment will be

4.00 " shorter in depth.
- Special water tank mounting required if applicable.
0650792
Scuffplate, S/S Around Air Bottle
Compt Openings, Qty

SCUFFPLATE
Three (
3 ) scuffplates
will be furnished around the opening for the air bottle compartment(s). The scuffplate(s) will be constructed of
polished stainless steel
and provided for the
(
1 ) LS ahead of
axle, Both RS compartments
air bottle compartment(s).
0749785
SP
Weather Strip, Location

WEATHER STRIP
Weather stripping will be provided located
both the ds air bottle doors that includes the def fill and the rearward air bottle door that includes the fuel fill, weather stripping to go on the door where it lines up with these openings
0019845
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be
six (
6 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed
all body compartments
.
0891633
SP
Door Stop, Reduced in Height,
Amdor Rollup Door, Each

REDUCED HEIGHT RUBBER DOOR STOPS
The black rubber stops provided above the horizontal door ledge on the roll up doors located on a total of
six (
6 )
compartment door(s) located
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , B
1 , RS
1 , RS
2 will be trimmed so that
the door can be opened as much as possible.
0623613
SP
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9250 RED
LED, Dual Lt Strips, Each Side of
Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
six (
6 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9250
, red LED compartment light
strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located
All Body compartments
. The lights will be
mounted with mechanical fasteners.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687135
Shelf Tracks, Unpainted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
six (
6 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , RS
1 , RS
2 and B
1 .

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be unpainted with a natural finish.
0687112
Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
RS
1 Aft of the vertical divider
.
43 783
Bid #:

0600350
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
six (
6 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
in LS
1 at the depth transition point, in RS
2 centered between the floor and
the ceiling, in LS
2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
3 in the upper third, in LS
3 in the
upper third and in LS
1 in the upper third to the left of the partition
.
0622945
Shelves, Adjustable, Full
Width/Depth, Low/Special Side
Height

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
provided
B
1 . The shelf construction will consist of

0.188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
. A capacity rating will not be available on this item due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ". Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. Each shelf will as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow.

The shelves will be held in place by

0.12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front:

1.00 " high
Rear:

1.00 " high
Left & Right Sides:

1.00 " high
0808146
Shelf, Adjustable, Std. Depth, .38"
Plate, Flat Top

FLAT TOP ADJUSTABLE SHELF
A flat top adjustable shelf will be provided. The shelf will be constructed of

0.38 " thick aluminum.

The shelf will be provided
painted spatter gray
.

The shelf will be as deep as possible for a standard depth compartment, and as wide as possible for the specified mounting location. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

A capacity rating will not be available on this shelf due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ".

A total of
one (
1 ) shelf
will be provided
B
1 as high as possible, to support the
5 air bottle assy.

Match previous jobs
#35533
,
#37009
,
#39220
.
0709690
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
in LS
3 in the lower third
0647045
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
LS
1 , Per Previous
Truck
#32995
and Photos
146
,
152
. Each tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended
position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum . 13 " aluminum. The finish will be
painted
spatter gray
.

The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0726403
Partition, Vertical Compt, Special
Height

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (
1 ) partition
will be bolted in
LS
1 . Each partition will be
in LS
1 ,

20.00 " from the REAR door
frame starting at the top of the compartment and extending to the compartment transition only

vertical height of the compartment. Each partition will be painted spatter gray
.
0502057
SP
Brushed S/S on Compt Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Brushed stainless steel will be provided on the floor of one (
1 )
compartments. The locations will
be
B
1 .

The edges of the stainless steel will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion.
0539735
Caulk, Seam, Catwalk to Side Sheet

The seam between the catwalk and side sheet both sides of body will be caulked. 44 783
Bid #:

0614922
Dura Surf, Additional, Location

SCUFF RESISTANT MATERIAL
one (
1 )
additional areas will be protected with Dura Surf material. The locations will be on the B
1 back wall, lining up with the air bottle assy that will sit just under the roll door opening .
0799343
SP
Bracket, SCBA, Zico SC-50-H-6-SF,
with PHS

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
There will be
one (
1 )
Ziamatic, Model SC-
50 -H-
6 -SF, SCBA holder(s) with PHS (positive holding
strap) provided. The bracket(s) will be located
LS
1 , aft of the vertical divider. Match
#37009
.
0762913
Divider, Vertical

VERTICAL DIVIDER
A .
12 " thick aluminum vertical compartment divider will be provided RS
1 -
18 " from the forward
wall of the compartment, full height of compartment.
. The divider will be secured in place with
#10
self tapping screws.

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided.
0659383
Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt
Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
four (
4 )
compartments on the compartment
floor. The locations are,
D
2 , D
3 , P
1 & P
2 Per Photo
#6826
,
6835
,
6846
,
6849
.
.

The Turtle Tile will be
black
and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be
black
.
0028026
Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving
only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
ten (
10 ) shelves
. The locations are,
all
adjustable shelves (
8 total) and all slide-out trays (
2 total) Per Photo
#6826
,
6835
,
6846
,
6849
.
.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be
black
.
0653792
SP
Strap, Nylon w/Velcro, 4.00" Wide

STRAP
There will be
one (
1 )
black

4.00 " wide nylon straps provided
B
1 side to side over the bottle
storage bin (option
#0772406
). Customer request that it be (
1 ) strap fixed mounted to one side,
ran through opposite Footman's loop and back onto It self . The strap will have a Velcro®
fastener.
0899078
SP
Warm Water Rinse Outlet, 25 Gallon
Tank, Cargo Area, Shoreline Pwr,
CARE

WARM WATER RINSE, CARE
Water Tank
A
25 -gallon (
20 gallon useable) warm water rinse water tank will be installed In The Front Of The
Hosebed
,to be used with potable water. A water tank overflow will be supplied on the tank and will dump to the ground.

A low-level shut off switch/probe will be installed in the water tank to shut off the water pump when the water level is low.

One (
1 )
110
v,
1000
w electric probe will be provided for heating the water within the tank. The probe will be located as low as possible within the tank and will be powered by the shoreline power when the battery switch is off.

One (
1 )
12 v,
600
w electric probe will be provided for heating the water within the tank. The probe will be located as low as possible within the tank and will be powered by the truck batteries with the ignition on.

Temperature thermostat(s) will be installed in the water tank to maintain a water temperature between
100-120
degrees Fahrenheit when using the electric probes. A low-level shut off switch/probe will be installed in the water tank above the heater probes to shut off the heater probes when the water level is low.

Pump, inlet/outlet
A
40 psi,
12 vdc, RV style water pump, powered by the truck batteries with the ignition on, will supply water from the warm water rinse tank to the rinse outlet. An in-line, 40 mesh, water
strainer will be plumbed between the refill inlet and the pump and will be easily accessible for maintenance.

The warm water rinse tank refill/inlet will be located
On The Left Side Pump Panel
. The inlet will
terminate with

0.75 " FGHT-S threads and a plug.

The warm water rinse outlet will be located
On The Right Side Pump Panel
. The outlet will
terminate with

0.75 " MGHT threads and a cap
. All the components inside or outside the water
tank will be located to allow the end user easy access for maintenance without removing the water tank from the apparatus.

Control Panel
The warm water rinse control panel will be located
Match Job
#35533
. The control panel will
contain at least the following indicator lights and switches A Green LED indicator light will be provided to indicate when the warm water rinse tank is full. It will be properly labeled and located on the warm water rinse control panel.

A Red LED indicator light will be provided to indicate when the warm water rinse tank level is low.

It will be properly labeled and located on the warm water rinse control panel.

A switch with an integrated Green LED "ON" indicator light will be provided, properly labeled, and located near the warm water rinse controls. This switch will allow the user to select 110
v power
(shoreline) heater probe or
12 v power (battery) heater probe to be used to heat the water within the tank. It will be properly labeled and located on the warm water rinse control panel.

An on/off switch with an integrated Green LED "ON" indicator light will be provided, properly labeled, and located on the warm water rinse control panel. This switch will turn the heater probes on and off. It will be properly labeled and located on the warm water rinse control panel.

An on/off switch with an integrated Green LED "ON" indicator light will be provided, properly labeled, and located on the warm water rinse control panel. This switch will turn the water pump on and off. It will be properly labeled and located on the warm water rinse control panel. 45 783
Bid #:

0024016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811
Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0519849
Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0626229
Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be

1.25 " diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA
1901
section

15.8 requirements. The handrails will be
installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126
Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (
1 ) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0030332
Handrails, Rear, (2) Below Hose Bed,
One Each Side
Two (2) horizontal handrails will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus, one each side.
0064150
Handrail, Extra - 20-30" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (
2 ) handrails
will be mounted
on the top rear of the hosebed cover on each side,
7 " forward
from rear with bolts
.
0622393
Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of
three (
3 )
air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located
(
1 ) DS forward of rear
axle, (
1 ) PS forward of rear axle and (
1 ) PS aft of rear axle
. The air pack compartment(s) will be
tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately

15.50 " wide at the top and

5.00 " wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The
compartment(s) will be

15.50 " tall at the body side compartment and

6.00 " tall at the wheel
cutout. The compartment(s) will be

26.00 " deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment,
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will be provided.

A
painted
stainless steel hinged door with a
Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latch
will be
provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0734956
SP
Storage Bin, Air Bottle, Spcl Size,
Open Back

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin with an open back will be provided for storage of five (
5 ) air bottles
. This storage bin
will be installed
As High as possible on tracks in B
1 compartment
. Each storage compartment will
be

6.25 " x

6.25 " nominal x depth of the shelf/mounting plate that the rack mounts to. Please include a piece of durasurf bottom of each slot and on the rear wall of the compartment due to these slots not including a back match
35533
. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum
and the flooring lined with Dura-surf.
0650780
Storage Bin, Extinguishers, Special
Size, Strap

EXTINGUISHER STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of hand held fire extinguishers. This storage bin will be installed

IF STANDING LOOKING INTO THE LS
1 COMPARTMENT, bolt the assembly to the
floor mounted slide-out tray as far to the right as possible . The bin will contain slots for storage of
two (
2 )
extinguishers. The slots for the extinguisher(s) within bin will be

CLEAR INSIDE

DIMENSIONS TO BE
8 " wide x
8 " high x
25 " deep (note actual bottle dimensions are
24 " tall and
7 " diameter at the base)
. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum with the floor of each slot lined with Dura-surf. A strap will be provided across the front of each slot to help contain the extinguisher. The slots within the bin will be configured 1 wide by
2 high
.
46 783
Bid #:

0004225
Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a
24 ' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
900
-A extension ladder provided.
0004230
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be a
14 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
775
-A roof ladder provided.
0004300
Brackets, Adjustable, RS

LADDER BRACKETS
The ladders will be installed on the right side of the hose body in lined brackets and held in place by chrome plated, quarter-turn spring loaded clamps. The clamps will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place.

The ladder brackets will be adjustable up and down.
0733387
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (
1 )

10.00 ' aluminum, Series
585
-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed.
0761352
Trough, Folding Ladder, Behind
Ladders on Ladder Brackets

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
One (
1 ) folding ladder will be stored behind the ladders on the side sheet, in a stainless steel box- shaped trough.

One (
1 ) strap will be provided at the rear of the trough to secure the folding ladder in the trough. 0684359
SP
Lock, Ladder, Individual, Ladder
Storage

LADDER LOCK
A ladder lock mechanism will be provided for each vertically-stored ladder in the ladder storage area. Each ladder will be removable without unlocking the remaining ladders. There will be a total of
two (
2 )
individual ladder locks provided.
0785966
SP
Ladders, Nesting, 2-Section Ladder
and Roof Ladder, Beam to Beam

LADDER STORAGE ORIENTATION
The ladders will be stored with one
2 -section extension ladder located outboard of one roof ladder. The ladders will be nested beam to beam, not beam to rung. The ladder locks will be adjusted accordingly.
0896419
SP
Compt w/Strap, Backboard, Bottom
of 4-Way Hose Bed Cover

BACKBOARD COMPARTMENT
One (
1 ) backboard compartment
will be mounted to the underside of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover on the
right side
. The compartment(s) will be fabricated of bright
aluminum treadplate. A velcro strap will be provided at the rear to contain the backboard. The compartment(s) will be sized for a backboard

74.00 " long x

18.00 " wide x

3.00 " high
.
0505999
Pike Pole, 10' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New Yorker, NYFG-10, w/Ram Knob

PIKE POLE,
10 '
One (
1 ) pike pole
, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model NYFG-
10 ,
10 ' long New Yorker style hook with a
ram knob end, will be provided and located
in the pike pole tube
.
0547754
Not Required, Pike, Pole, 8'

0552649
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-
6 ,
6 foot pike pole(s) with steel
handles and pry end provided
Pike Pole storage on Ladder rack
.
0767871
SP
Compt, Long Tools, Btwn Tank &
Side Sheet/Below Tank Tee, RS

LONG TOOL STORAGE
One (
1 ) compartment will be provided below the tank tee between the tank and side sheet on the right side. The compartment will be roughly
Compartment to match size of door opening for
height and width and with max depth of
38 ". Utilize door size from job
#35533
in size. A door will
be provided at the rear of the compartment for access. The door will be made of polished
stainless steel
with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger lever latch
. The door will be hinged
along
the inboard edge
.
0762449
SP
Compt, Long Tools, Btwn Tank &
Side Sheet/Below Tank Tee, LS

LONG TOOL STORAGE
One (
1 ) compartment will be provided below the tank tee between the tank and side sheet on the left side. The compartment will be roughly
Compartment to match size of door opening for height
and width and with max depth of
38 ". Utilize door size from job
#35533
in size. A door will be
provided at the rear of the compartment for access. The door will be made of polished stainless
steel
with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger lever latch
. The door will be hinged
along the
inboard edge
.
47 783
Bid #:

0058193
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl
Notch, NY PP Head

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
two (
2 ) pike poles
and will be located
behind the
ladders on the side sheet, passenger's side - ***Top tube to be set

1.75 " from rear edge of body
and bottom tube to be set

6.50 " from rear edge of body.
. If the head of a pike pole can come in
contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube. 0753247
SP
Bell Mounts Only, Customer
Furnished Bell, Mounted on Cab
Corner, Large Brkt
BELL
A bell arm and cab corner support shall be supplied for a bell furnished and mounted by the fire department. The mounting shall be located on the
passenger's side
front cab corner. A pull rope
for the striker shall also be supplied and tied off at the mounting arm. 0531401
Label, Special Information

LABEL
There will be
one (
1 )
label(s) provided
affixed to the adjustable shelf in LS
2 compartment
with the
following information:

PRY BAR
.
0593083
Step, Folding, Front of Body, Left
Side, w/LED, Trident
STEP
A folding step will be provided on the left side front bulkhead. The step will be a bright finished, non-skid step with
a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to
24 hours,
on the stepping surface. The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
0592995
Steps, Combo Folding Trident w/LED
& Corner, Rear Body

REAR STEPS
Aluminum treadplate corner steps and bright finished, non-skid folding steps will be provided at the rear. The folding steps will have a
a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to
24 hours,
. Each folding step will incorporate an LED
light to illuminate the stepping surface. The folding steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. 0724153
Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
w/LED, Trident
Two (2) additional folding steps
will be located
drivers side above the standard step.
. The step(s)
will be bright finished, non-skid with
a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours,
on the stepping surface. Each step will
incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
0005497
Pump House, Side Control, 48"

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control)
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly marked.

The control panels will be

48.00 " wide.

Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets.

All push/pull valve controls will have
1/4
turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 0035501
Pump House Structure, Std Height
0756557
SP
Cover, Alum 4-way, Exposed
Plumbing for CARE Water Tank, in
Cargo Area
COVER
A bright aluminum treadplate hat section will cover the exposed plumbing for the CARE water tank in the cargo area.
48 783
Bid #:

0003977
Floor, Hinged for Access, Aluminum
Treadplate, Left Side

ACCESS PANEL
The bright aluminum treadplate flooring on the left side of the cargo compartment will be hinged with quarter turn latches for access to the pump and plumbing. 0004425
Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU,
1500
gpm single (
1 ) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
-
100%
of rated capacity at
150
psi net pump pressure.
-
70%
of rated capacity at
200
psi net pump pressure.
-
50%
of rated capacity at
250
psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two ( 2 ) sections
for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (
3 )

3.50 " openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (
3 )

3.50 " openings will be located as follows: one (
1 ) outlet to the right of the pump, one
(
1 ) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (
1 ) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004482
Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0559769
Trans, Pump, Waterous C20 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (
3 ) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears,
50%
of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (
2 ) or three (
3 ) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be

2.35 " diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600
Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (
2 ) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically
(by air pressure), with a three (
3 ) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (
2 ) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One ( 1 ) green
light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148
Transmission Lock-up, EVS

TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547
Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 49 783
Bid #:

0014486
Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746501
Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP
There will be
One (
1 )
Elkhart Style
40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at
175
psig
.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of
75 psi to
250
psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a
stainless steel access door
.
0794959
Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump
Boss, PBA300

PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA
300
pressure governor will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump.

The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. 0641743
Primer, Waterous, VPO Motor, (1)
VAP Valve, (1) Push Button Control

PRIMER SYSTEM
A Waterous electric pump priming system conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA
1901
will be furnished with the apparatus.

One (
1 ) VPO electric motor driven rotary vane primer will be provided.

One (
1 ) VAP vacuum activated priming valve will be plumbed main pump.

One (
1 ) momentary push-button control will be located at the pump operator's panel.

The push button control system control will operate an electric priming motor and the priming valve will automatically open during priming and close when the primer is deactivated. 0658368
Thermal Relief Valve, OPM, w/Red
Warning Light, Waterous Pump

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds
140
Degrees F (
60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches
180
F (
82 C).

The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel.

The discharge line will be plumbed to
ground
.
0780364
Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (
2 ) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two ( 2 )
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0603129
Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule
10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a
500
PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
0795135
Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645
Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A

6.00 " pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650
Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0602447
Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Provided by
Dealer, NFPA 2016

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

16.6.8 requires all intakes to be provided with caps, plugs, or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 500
psi.

The caps are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide both caps for the main pump inlets.
50 783
Bid #:

0084610
Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000
series heavy-duty style
with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a
ten (
10 ) year
warranty.
0004686
Valve, Inlet(s) Recess Behind Panel,
Side Cntrl
The location of the valve for the
two (2) inlets
will be behind the pump panel.
0004700
Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660
Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680
Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the right side pump panel, terminating
with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720
Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569
No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116
No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696
Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648
No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568
No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049
Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0024751
Tank to Pump, (1) 3.50" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Waterous Valve

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with

3.00 " piping and a quarter
turn

3.50 " Waterous valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905
Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A

1.50 " combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 51 783
Bid #:

0062133
Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a

3.9 " diameter stainless
steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any

3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3 .
0004940
Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
with a

2.50 " valve on the left side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0065091
Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 30 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945
Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
with a

2.50 " valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0085096
Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 30
Degree, 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a

2.50 "
(F) National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0766070
Outlet, 4" w/4" Valve, Right Side,
Akron 9333 Elec Controller

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be a

4.00 " discharge outlet with a

4.00 " electric valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with

4.00 " MNST threads.

There will be an Akron
9333
electric valve controller provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

PRESSURE GAUGE(S)
Analog pressure gauge(s) will be located near the electric valve controller(s). The gauges will match the rest of the analog gauges provided on the pump operator's panel. 0602442
Elbow and Cap, Large Dia Outlet,
Provided by Dealer, NFPA 2016

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOW/CAP PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

16.7.7 requires any

2.00 " or larger discharge outlet that is
located more than

42.00 " off the ground and to which hose is to be connected and that is not in a hose storage area will be supplied with a sweep elbow of at least 30 degrees downward.

NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

16.7.4 requires all discharge outlet connections, except connections to which a hose will be pre-connected, will be equipped with caps or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 100
psi over the maximum pump close-
off pressure or
500
psi, whichever is greater.

The elbow(s) and cap are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide the elbow(s) and cap.
0092572
Not Required, Outlet, Front

52 783
Bid #:

0004995
Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
piped to the rear of the hose bed,
one (
1 ) each side
,
installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of

2.50 " piping along with a

2.50 " full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.
0040286
Elbow, Rear Outlets, 30 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573
Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0752097
Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 " in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 "
in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042
Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet

1.50 " or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0736172
SP
Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/Dual Ctrl, SM
HW On Pnl, LG HW Up Top, Akr Vlv

DELUGE RISER, w/DUAL CONTROL
Three (
3 ) inch deluge riser plumbing shall be installed and routed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively.

The riser plumbing shall be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel by a small handwheel control with position indicator.

A second large handwheel control without position indicator shall be provided above the pump adjacent to the outlet.

Plumbing shall consist of

3.00 " piping and a

3.00 " valve.

Piping shall be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. 0749628
SP
Riser, Elkhart 8298EX, "The Pipe",
Mounting Bracket 8298EX-MB

MOUNTING BRACKET FOR MONITOR
An Elkhart Model
8298
EX

2.0 monitor extension pipe will be provided.

An Elkhart Model
8298
EX-MB mounting bracket will be supplied and mounted
mount the Elkhart
mounitng bracket for "the pipe" on the front wall of the deluge directly in line with the deluge plumbing, match
32995
and reference photo
#0749628
.
0749701
SP
Mounting Bracket, Model 8297 MB
for Elkhart "Stinger"

MOUNTING BRACKET FOR MONITOR
An Elkhart Model
8297
MB mounting bracket, for the monitor portable base unit, will be provided and mounted
LS
1 to match job
37009
, cut Turtle Tile and mount to slide tray
.
0095958
Deluge Outlet, Special
Height/Location

DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The deluge gun outlet will be located
Deluge outlet lowered so the mount with the Monitor
Adapter Flange is even with the top edge of the Cargo Side Sheet. .
0543570
Monitor, Elkhart Stinger 8297-51, 5"
Storz Inlet, Portable Base

MONITOR
An Elkhart Model
8297
"Stinger" monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser.

This monitor will include both a fixed base and a portable base with a

5.00 " Storz inlet.

The monitor will be
painted as provided by monitor manufacturer
.
53 783
Bid #:

0046998
Nozzle, Elkhart SM-1250, Manual,
ST-194 Tips and 282A shaper

MONITOR NOZZLE
An Elkhart #SM-
1250
Select-O-Matic manual pattern control master stream nozzle will be provided.

Also included is an Elkhart ST-
194
Quad stack tips and
282
A shaper.
0544561
Mount, Elkhart #8298 (for Elkhart
Stinger), Adapter, Flange

MONITOR MOUNTING BASE
An Elkhart Model
8298
deck mount base for an Elkhart "Stinger" monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser via the

3.00 " four bolt flange. The base will NOT BE PAINTED per the manufacturers recommendations.
0723726
Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432
Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395
Speedlays, Not Required

0723394
Speedlays, Not Required

0029210
Crosslays Sngl Sheet, (2+) 1.50",
Spl. Cap/Arrangement

CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS,

1.50 "
Three (
3 ) crosslays
with

1.50 " outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying FORWARD CROSSLAY:
150
' x

1.75 " SINGLE STACK with clear inside of

7.00 " | MIDDLE
CROSSLAY:
200
' x

1.75 " DOUBLE STACK with clear inside of

7.00 " | REAR CROSSLAY:
300
' x

1.75 " DOUBLE STACK with clear inside of

7.00 "
and will be plumbed with

2.00 " i.d. pipe and
gated with a

2.00 " quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a

1.50 " National Standard hose thread
90 degree swivel located in
the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .
25 " aluminum and will provide adjustment from
side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196
Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0500535
Not Required, Hose Restraint,
Crosslay
0029260
Not Required, Speedlays

0750536
Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0590877
Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Aluminum Treadplate, Top Only

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the
front
will be installed over the top of the
crosslay/deadlay(s). It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover will be provided with rubber
latch
hold open device.
0056195
Crosslays, 9.00" Lower Than
Standard

CROSSLAY

9.00 " LOWER THAN STD
The crosslays will be lowered

9.00 " from standard.
0798558
Flap, Crosslay Ends, Hooked Loop
Bungee Cord Straps

CROSSLAY COVER
A
red
vinyl cover with two (
2 ) hooked loop bungee cord hold down straps will be provided over the ends of the crosslay hose beds. The vinyl covers will be attached to the inside edge of the aluminum crosslay cover. The vinyl flap must be able to move with the aluminum cover while it is being raised and lowered.
0522721
90 Degree Swivel Elbow, Special
Location
three (3)
90 degree swivel elbow will be located
Crosslay Swivels - Please make sure swivels are
in the center from front to back of each Crosslay tray location as marked on AD .
54 783
Bid #:

0511256
Reel, Booster, Steel - Over Pump,
Right Side, NPSH Fitting

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus.

The exterior finish of the reel will be
painted job color matching the lower body
.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50 " Aeroquip hose and a

1.50 " valve.

The reel will include NPSH threaded couplings.
0522296
Switch, Reel Rewind - 1 Reel w/(1)
Stirrup & (2) Push
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a
50 amp automatic reset circuit breaker.

One (
1 ) foot actuated, stirrup type, electric rewind control (switch) will be installed on the passenger's side below the running board or below the body compartment. Two ( 2 ) push-button
switches will be provided on the pump panels, one (
1 ) switch each side.
0638707
Hose, Booster - 150' of 1.00"/800
PSI, 1" NPSH Couplings
(50'+50'+50')
Booster hose,

1.00 " diameter and
150
feet in length, with chrome plated Barway, or equal
couplings will be provided. The couplings will have
1 " NPSH threads.

The hose will be coupled in three (
3 ) sections. Three
50 ' sections will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800
psi.
0017858
Capacity, Hose Reel 150' of 1"

Capacity of the hose reel will be 150 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428
Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0021954
Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0085328
Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket

NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET
A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a
3-1/2
" inside diameter
and will be
located
on the PS pumphouse per photo
0085328
.
0622237
Roller Assembly, Additional
There will be
one (1)
additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted on top
of the driver's side pump module side sheet
.
0007293
Foam Sys, FoamPro 2001 (Single
Agent)

FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM
A Hypro FoamPro®, Model
2001
, foam system will be provided as the means for the
proportioning of foam concentrate into the water stream. The FoamPro is an electronic, fully automatic, variable speed, direct injection, discharge side foam proportioning system.

This system will be capable of handling Class A foam concentrates, as well as most Class B foam concentrates.

The foam system will be plumbed to
five (
5 ) discharges
. The discharges capable of dispensing
foam will be
reel, the front two

1.50 " crosslays, one (
1 )

2.50 " discharge on the left pump panel
and one (
1 )

2.50 " discharge DS REAR
.

The foam proportioning system operation will be based on a direct measurement of water flows, and remain consistent within the specified flow and pressure. The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control display will be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate.

One (
1 ) paddle wheel will be installed to monitor all foam discharges.

Push button control for the foam proportioning rate will allow a ratio from . 1 percent to
3 percent
in .
1 percent increments.

The rated capacity of this system will be
85 gpm at
3 percent and
500
gpm at .
5 percent.

2.5 gpm @
150
psi, positive displacement foam pump will be powered by a 1/2
hp
12 vdc
electric motor.

One (
1 ) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. The check valve will be approved by the foam system manufacturer. 0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552517
Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
0031896
Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
55 783
Bid #:

0005446
Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of
20 gallons of foam with the intended use of
Class A foam
. The foam cell will not
reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0748166
SP
Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #1,
Terminate 3/4" MGH

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a

1.00 " drain valve and terminate with a
3/4
" MGH fitting.
0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0738111
Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags,
FLEET
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made to match
32995
similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0615641
Pump Panel Configuration, Similar to
Control Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration layout will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. 0005525
Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0721765
Panel, Pump Access - Right Side
Only, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side upper pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The removable panels will be secured with
chrome swell latch
.

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower pump panel (drain bank) will be attached with screws. 56 783
Bid #:

0005945
Light, Pump Compt

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel.

A .
125
" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 0586438
Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, IAT
Pressure Controller

PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS
The following will be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion.

These gauges will be in addition to what is provided with the pressure controller. - Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric
- Master Pump Drain Control
- Voltmeter
- Fuel
0005601
Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0614370
SP
Access Hole, LS & RS Panel,
Customer Provided MIV Valve

LEFT & RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL ACCESS HOLE
The left and right side pump panels will be provided with an access hole and grommet for the customer provided MIV drain hose.
0005780
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Button

AIR HORN BUTTON
An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. 0606002
SP
Pump Access Door Latches, Southco
C2 IPOS

PUMP ACCESS DOOR LATCHES
one (
1 )
pump access door(s) will be provided with Southco non-locking C 2 latches to hold the
doors in the closed position in place of standard.

Latch(es) will be provided with on the pump access door(s) located on the RS pump panel for the
foam drain access
0066121
Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

DRAINS, LEFT SIDE
The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve.
0081262
Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

RIGHT SIDE DRAINS
The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0514231
Pump Panel Trim Rings, Oversized
for Valve Removal, LS, Only

OUTLET TRIM RINGS
The left side discharges and auxiliary inlet valves will be recessed behind the panel and have larger holes provided in the pump panel to facilitate removal of the valves without removing the complete pump panel. Stainless steel trim plates will be provided to trim the holes. 0556650
Switch Panel, Pump Panel, Layout
Info
TOP TO BOTTOM: #1 Light, #2 Panel Light Switch, #3 Front Floodlight, #4 Driver Side Scene Lights, #5 Passenger Side Scene Lights, #6 Air Horn
.
0673431
Switch w/Ind, Pump Panel for
Warning Light, 12 VDC

There will be a switch at the pump operators panel that can deactivate the warning light in that vicinity.

This switch will only be active when the parking brake is applied and the pump is shifted into gear.
57 783
Bid #:

0005690
Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of

6.00 " in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of

30.00 "-
0-600#
.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0008637
Gauge, 2.50" Pressure, Class 1,
Special

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class
1 ©.

They will be a minimum of

2.50 " in diameter and the dial will have
white faces with black
markings
.

Gauges will have a pressure rating of

30.00 "
0-400
psi
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0062586
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Pierce
Std

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED
design viewable through
180
degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 0062992
Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class
1, GAAAR 5lt

FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED design
viewable through
180
degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 0656224
Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs,
LED w/P25 LED Step Light

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished,
16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed under the crosslays. This shield will be properly reinforced to support the crosslay hose weight.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED light(s) installed under the stainless steel light shield.

These lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the pump panel light switch is on.

There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than

8.00 " deep and properly
reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators main panel.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every

18.00 " depending on the size of the pump house.

One (
1 ) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (
1 ) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an
entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering
an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
58 783
Bid #:

0508020
Air Horn, (1) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (
1 ) Hadley round air horn with

6.00 " bell will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606839
Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#6)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0723391
Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0550598
Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model
295
HFS
2 , electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the passenger side inside switch panel
.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601555
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Left Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7)
The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0006097
Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center
. The siren will be properly
supported using the bumper framework.
0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0731979
Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
Chrome, RS
Right side chrome push button switch.
0736158
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, Lower
Sw Pnl
A momentary switch will be included in the lower switch panel to activate the siren brake. 0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
59 783
Bid #:

0798603
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

81.00 " Whelen® Freedom IV
™
lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side rear corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burn LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller sent to
national standard high priority
in the center
positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burn LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side rear corner position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller
by a cab switch with emergency master control
.
no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller .

The two (
2 ) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (
8 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5",

RRRR RRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the crew cab doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the front outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-
0, GPS, Priority Control System

OPTICOM GPS PRIORITY CONTROL DEVICE
There will be a Global Traffic Technologies, Model
76-1000-1155-0
, GPS preemption vehicle kit
provided. This GPS preemption vehicle kit is set for high priority. This system is designed to use satellite communications with a receiver board at an intersection to control the traffic lights.

The system will be activated when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on.

The system will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The kit will include:

Radio/GPS unit containing a GPS receiver and transceiver Radio/GPS antenna on the cab roof.

A controller, which also provides an interface point between the radio/GPS unit the vehicle wiring, and an external PC used for configuration, diagnostics, and downloading log information. The location of this controller will be
behind the driver's side seat
.
0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**,
Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights per the following:

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
60 783
Bid #:

0747228
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (
6 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with
chrome trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side on the front custom cab corner
. The
driver's side, side
front light to include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side front light to include red
warning LEDs
.

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors
. The
driver's side,
side middle light to include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side middle light to
include red warning LEDs
.

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
. The
driver's side, side rear light to
include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs .

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED,
Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub
Rail, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
four (
4 )
Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails
one (
1 ) each mounted in the rub rail and centered below the following compartments:

LS
1 , LS
3 , RS
1 AND RS
3 . The lights will only be mounted with the rubber gasket if clearance allows it.

The color of each light will be
red
LED with a clear lens.

Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange.

The light(s) will be activated
with the side warning switch
.
0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0591872
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln B6MLRZP,
LED/LED Rear Scene

REAR OF HOSEBED WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model B
6 MLRZP, combination LED beacon and LED scene light
provided at the rear of the truck, one (
1 ) each side.

Each beacon will contain flashing LED warning light in a 360
degree arrangement and a LED
scene light mounted in a polished aluminum housing.

The LED beacons will be
red
with
both domes red
.

These beacons will be mounted so that the scene lights face to the rear.

There will be two (
2 ) switches provided to activate these lights
One (
1 ) switch in the cab will control both beacons.

One (
1 ) switch in the cab will control both rear facing scene lights.

The scene lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0056610
Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Low Mount, S/S
brkts
The rear warning lights will be mounted on
polished stainless steel
brackets with all wiring totally
enclosed. These brackets will also support clearance/marker lights. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertail flange to keep the overall height as low as possible. 0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85,

46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TAL
85 46.87
" long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The lens color will be
the same color as the LED's
.

The control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0529860
Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface
Mounted Over Rear Door

This traffic directing light will be surface mounted over the rear door, at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.
0530280
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Center

The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the center panel position.
61 783
Bid #:

0781579
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Cab
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
mounted high and rear ward in compartment
RS
1 , See photo of previous truck
#32995
.
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5 -20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0746921
SP
Computer Docking, Dell Lat 12, Lind
PS w/BRKT, No Mount

COMPUTER DOCKING STATION
There will be one (
1 ) computer docking station for a Dell Latitude
12 Tablet.

There will be one (
1 ) power supply with mounting bracket provided with the docking station.

Mounting provisions will not be provided for the docking station.

The following components will be supplied with loose equipment. :

Precision Mounting Technologies AS
7 .D
920.100
, NPT docking station.

Lind
16710
Power supply
7160-0936
Power supply mounting bracket
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0602517
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Dealer

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY DEALER
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.3 and

5.9.4 will be provided by the dealer.
800
ft (
60 m) of

2.50 " (
65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400
ft (
120
m) of

1.50 " (
38 mm),

1.75 " (
45 mm), or

2.00 " (
52 mm) fire hose.

One (
1 ) handline nozzle,
200
gpm (
750
L/min) minimum.

Two (
2 ) handline nozzles,
95 gpm (
360
L/min) minimum.

One (
1 ) smoothbore or combination nozzle with

2.50 " shutoff that flows a minimum of
250
gpm.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches.

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (
2 ) salvage covers each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
14 ft (

3.7 m ×

4.3 m).

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
,
Standard on Fire Service
Life
Safety Rope and System Components
(if equipped with an aerial device).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 .

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
0519913
Not Required, Soft Suction Hose

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
62 783
Bid #:

0027023
No Strainer Required
0602531
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper,
NFPA 2016, Provided by Dealer

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602359
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Pumper, NFPA 2016,
Provided by Dealer

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602678
Axe, Flathead, Pumper, Provided by
Dealer, NFPA 2016

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) flathead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the axe. 0602668
Axe, Pickhead, Pumper, Provided by
Dealer, NFPA 2016

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide and mount the axe. 63 783
Bid #:

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency
factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash
systems will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566
Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #20
white
and the lower section
painted
#356
Red
. There will be
a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided .

There will be
no cab shield provided
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
64 783
Bid #:

0646897
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match lower job color
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544124
Reflective Band, 1"-4"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (
3 ) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a

1.00 "
white
stripe at the top with a

1.00 " gap then a

4.00 "
white
stripe with a

1.00 " gap and a

1.00 "
white
stripe on the bottom.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0027341
Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (
1 )
jog(s) and will
be angled at approximately a
45 degrees when installed.
0087349
Stripe, Reflective, 4" Inside Compt
Door

REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR
A

4.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided inside
two (
2 )
compartment doors.
inside each EMS
compartment door.
.
0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0027285
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Low
and Over Fender

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over the fender. 65 783
Bid #:

0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686428
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0017773
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Over
Fender Only, Single Axle

BODY STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fender. 0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
four
(
4 ) letters
provided.
0684004
Lettering, Vinyl, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

12.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There
will be
two (
2 ) letters
provided.
0684017
Lettering, Vinyl, 9.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

9.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There
will be
ten (
10 ) letters
provided.
0684058
Lettering, Vinyl, 2.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) non-reflective vinyl lettering,

2.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
will
be provided.
0686002
Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

8.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0686013
Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

6.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
six (
6 )
letters
provided.
0686042
Lettering, Reflective, 2.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

2.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
14 letters
provided.
0686048
Lettering, Reflective, 1.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

1.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
15 letters
provided.
0686084
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
24 letters
provided.
0563768
Lettering, Reflective, "Keep Back 300
Feet"

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
There will be
one (
1 )
set/s of reflective lettering, "KEEP BACK
300
FEET", supplied and installed
on the
R
1 - NOTE THE LETTERING IS ACTUALLY TO READ "KEEP BACK
343
" HOWEVER I

AM TO USE THIS OPTION PER THE PIERCE RESPONSE IN THREAD NUMBER 592
-
EP
300377-7
. The lettering will be
ruby red
in color and

4.00 "
in size.
0527677
SP
Emblem, Per Quote, Sacramento
DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one pair of vinyl emblems applied between the cab and crew cab doors.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
0529004
SP
Emblem, Per Quote, Sacramento
Single Emblem
DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one of vinyl emblem applied
drivers side rear compartment bulkhead up high.
.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
66 783
Bid #:

0755303
Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
on cab doors
.
0666386
Emblem, Flag, Generic, Each

EMBLEM
There will be
two (
2 )
emblem(s), approximately

5.00 " -

8.00 " wide
in size, installed
behind crew
cab door upper portion - size to be
5 " x
7 "
. The emblem will be modeled after the department
submitted information (art, patch, etc).
0769753
Emblem, American Flag Painted on
Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 0032773
Manuals, Two (2), Fire Apparatus
Parts, & (1) CD, Custom Chassis

MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS
Two (
2 ) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit.

One (
1 ) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manual will contain the following:
- Job number
- Part numbers with full descriptions
- Table of contents
- Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order
- Instructions on how to locate parts
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0032421
Manuals, (2) Chassis Service, (1)
CD, Custom

MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE
Two (
2 ) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit.

One (
1 ) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manuals will contain the following sections:
- Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0029551
Manuals, Two (2) Chassis Operation,
& (1) Compact Disc, Custom

MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION
Two (
2 ) chassis operation manuals will be provided.

One (
1 ) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
67 783
Bid #:

0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733306
Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798
Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA
0195
, is included with this proposal.
0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0693126
Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of
ten (
10 ) years
. A
five (
5 ) year
limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0185
, is included with this proposal.
68 783
Bid #:

0734463
Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (
7 ) year
material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675
Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA 0035
, is included with this
proposal.
0641372
Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808582
Certification, Engine Installation,
Saber FR/Enf, Cummins X10, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier.
(Twice the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 69 783
Bid #:

0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018
PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
70 783
Bid #:

0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046395
EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011

WATEROUS PUMP

0020009

POLY TANK

0028048

FOAM SYSTEM
0020006

SIDE CONTROL
0020007

AKRON VALVES

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0658751

PUMPER BASE

71 783
Bid #:

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0005780
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Button

0.00 0.16

0.00 0005945
Light, Pump Compt

0.00 1.80

0.00 0007293
Foam Sys, FoamPro 2001 (Single Agent)

0.00 40.00

0.00 0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0062992
Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1, GAAAR 5lt

0.00 0.00

1.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025, Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex, w/LED Directional

0.00 0.00

8.00 0511256
Reel, Booster, Steel - Over Pump, Right Side, NPSH Fitting

0.00 36.00

0.00 0545919
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 44001 Yellow, 12v Charger Base, shoulder strap

0.00 1.00

0.00 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller

0.00 0.35

0.00 0557569
Light, Additional, P25 LED, White

0.00 0.07

0.00 0559185
Install Customer Provided Handlight Charger(s)

0.00 0.00

0.16 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0591464
Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

6.00 0602637
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Pumper NFPA 2016 Classification

0.00 0.50

0.00 0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5", RRRR RRRR

0.00 0.00

14.56 0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

0.00 0.00

1.50 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

0.00 0.00

1.50 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00

0.00 0641743
Primer, Waterous, VPO Motor, (1) VAP Valve, (1) Push Button Control

0.00 260.00

0.00 0653520
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, R Cameras

0.00 1.20

0.00 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

0.00 0.08

0.00 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-0, GPS, Priority Control System

0.00 1.00

0.00 0655637
Engine Foot Throttle Control, Engage in Pump Mode

0.00 0.00

1.00 0672937
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 1st

0.00 0.00

4.00 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0693439
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED Trim

0.00 0.76

0.00 0696870
Lights, Side Scene, TecNiq, E960 LED, Stainless 1st Pr

0.00 0.00

1.20 0749207
Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC, RS Body

0.00 0.00

7.50 0749209
Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC, LS Body

0.00 0.00

7.50 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

0.00 0.00

5.00 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear
USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0805325
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50

0.00 0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0889070
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C, 800/VHF,3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 2nd

0.00 0.00

3.66 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 1st

0.00 0.00

3.66 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0896155
Lights, TecNiq Eon E03-*001-1 LED, Steady Burn, Behind Cab Grille 1st

0.00 0.00

0.13 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

0.00 0.00

1.50 0899078
Warm Water Rinse Outlet, 25 Gallon Tank, Cargo Area, Shoreline Pwr, CARE

0.00 60.00

0.00 0564535
Light, Marker, Britax Rubber Arm, Model L427.203.L12 LED, Red/Amb, Qty/Loc
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

2.00 0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st Load Managed

0.00 0.00

5.00 0798604
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and Buckle Wiring
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

4.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
783
SFD Pumper (Duplicate #39220)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Ctrl Sys,
Enf, WiFi, Sacramento Pmpr
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0023650
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER
NFPA

4.50 0.00

4.50 0062586
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Pierce Std
NFPA

1.23 0.00

0.00 0073657
RS 152" Rollup, Low, FDLER
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0083700
Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0550598
Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single Amp
NFPA

1.40 12.60

0.00 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0566799
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Ign, Prk Brk Activated
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0586438
Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel, IAT Pressure Controller
NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 0591872
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln B6MLRZP, LED/LED Rear Scene
NFPA

3.00 0.00

6.00 0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0614370
Access Hole, LS & RS Panel, Customer Provided MIV Valve NFPA

0.11 0.00

0.00 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0630489
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-9, With Wet Tank, Heated, Saber
FR/Enforcer
NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0645639
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PEL*C LED, 45 Deg Flange
NFPA

1.70 0.00

0.00 0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0656224
Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs, LED w/P25 LED Step Light NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED
NFPA

0.30 0.45

0.00 0709438
Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED
NFPA

2.00 0.00

0.00 0723696
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear of Rear Axle, Triple Door NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0729921
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts Activated
NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0747228
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts
NFPA

5.40 8.10

0.00 0748251
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

NFPA

60.00 0.00

0.00 0749764
Cabinet, Rear Fcng, RS, 22 W x 34 H x 22 D,Ext Acc Only,Sp Mtg,Sp Lt Loc,SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.34 0.34

0.00 0749765
Cabinet, Rear Fcng, LS, 22 W x 34 H x 23 D,Ext Acc Only,Sp Mtg,Sp Lt Loc,SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.34 0.34

0.00 0756860
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 42 W x 16 H x 14 D, Lap, Vent,Tray,SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.20 0.20

0.00 0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85, 46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature
NFPA

2.52 2.52

0.00 0768474
Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA

2.40 0.00

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts NFPA

0.58 0.00

0.00 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA

0.60 0.00

0.00 0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0794959
Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300
NFPA

1.80 0.00

0.00 0798603
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRRR
NFPA

6.48 2.67

9.93 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T* Common Bzl, Above
Headlts,Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.02 0.02

0.00 0808535
Engine, Cummins X10, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0887559
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
783
SFD Pumper (Duplicate #39220)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Ctrl Sys,
Enf, WiFi, Sacramento Pmpr
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**, Common Bzl
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0121711
Alternator, 320 amp, Leece-Neville 4962PA, Sgl Sys
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
145.96
789.03
223.18
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
168.00
Demand:
145.96
Variance:

22.04 Total Connected Load
Supply:
282.00
Demand:
258.14
Variance:

23.86 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 168.00
282.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
5/16/2023
Bid #:
783
SFD Pumper (Duplicate #39220)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Ctrl Sys,
Enf, WiFi, Sacramento Pmpr
Type:

Multiplexed

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
783
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Department:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

15.9 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
7 in.

Front Overhang:

72.95 in.

Wheelbase:
187.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
14 ft. 7 in.

Curb to curb:
28 ft. 6 in.

Wall to wall:
32 ft. 1 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 05/16/2023
Category
Option
Description
Bumpers
0606186
Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer
Tires, Front
0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser. Load Rtg
Axle, Front, Custom
0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P 1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166 2
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946 1
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor.
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380 1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380 1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor ® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Sacramento City CouncilSeptember 19, 2023

Sacramento City Council
September 19, 2023